blob: d4799e222f55cb5c7035e077a5f97b0426148282 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk8c831282012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000121
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
124
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000125
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmannd9a9d562011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russcbfce1d2011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu2f46d422011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100377- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200378 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100379
380 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
381 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
382 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200384 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200385
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100386 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
387 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200388 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100389 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200390
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200391- MIPS CPU options:
392 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
393
394 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
395 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
396 relocation.
397
398 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
399
400 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
401 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
402 Possible values are:
403 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
404 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
405 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
406 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
407 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
408 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
409 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
410 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
411
412 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
413
414 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
415 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
416
417 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
418
419 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
420 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
421 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
422
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000423- ARM options:
424 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
425
426 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
427 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
428
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000429- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000430 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
431
432 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
433 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
434 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
435 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
436 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
437 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
438 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000439 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100440 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000441 default environment.
442
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000443 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
444
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200445 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000446 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
447 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
448
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400449 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200450
451 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400452 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
453 concepts).
454
455 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
456 * New libfdt-based support
457 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500458 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400459
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200460 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
461 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
462 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
463 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200464 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600465 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200466
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200467 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
468 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500469
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600470 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
471
472 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
473 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000474
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500475 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
476
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200477 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500478 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
479
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200480 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
481
482 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
483 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
484 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
485 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
486 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
487 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
488
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000489 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
490
491 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
492 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
493 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
494 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
495 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
496 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
497 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
498
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100499- vxWorks boot parameters:
500
501 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
502 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
503 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
504
505 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
506 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
507 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
508 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
509
510 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
511
512 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
513
514 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
515 the defaults discussed just above.
516
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000517- Cache Configuration:
518 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
519 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
520 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
521
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000522- Cache Configuration for ARM:
523 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
524 controller
525 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
526 controller register space
527
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000528- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200529 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000530
531 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
532
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200533 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000534
535 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
536
537 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
538
539 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
540 the clock speed of the UARTs.
541
542 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
543
544 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
545 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
546 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
547
John Rigby34e21ee2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000548 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
549
550 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
551 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
552 this variable to initialize the extra register.
553
554 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
555
556 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
557 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
558 variable to flush the UART at init time.
559
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000560
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000561- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000562 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
563 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
564 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
565 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000566
567 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
568 port routines must be defined elsewhere
569 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
570
571 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
572 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000573 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000574 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
575 (default big endian)
576 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
577 rectangle fill
578 (cf. smiLynxEM)
579 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
580 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
581 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
582 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000583 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
584 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000585 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
586 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000587 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000588 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
589 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
590 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
591 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
592 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
593 (i.e. i8042_getc)
594 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
595 (requires blink timer
596 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200597 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000598 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
599 upper right corner
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500600 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000601 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
602 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000603 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
604 linux_logo.h for logo.
605 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000606 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200607 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000608 the logo
609
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000610 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
611 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
612 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000613
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000614 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
615 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
616 the "silent" environment variable. See
617 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000618
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000619- Console Baudrate:
620 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
621 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200622 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
623 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000624
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100625- Console Rx buffer length
626 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
627 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100628 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100629 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
630 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
631 the SMC.
632
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000633- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200634 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
635 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
636 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
637 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
638 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
639 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
640 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200641 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200642 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000643
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200644 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
645 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000646
Sonny Raocd55bde2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000647- Safe printf() functions
648 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
649 the printf() functions. These are defined in
650 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
651 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
652 If this option is not given then these functions will
653 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
654 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
655
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000656- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
657 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
658 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
659
660 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
661 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
662 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
663 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
664 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
665 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
666 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
667 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
668 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
669 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
670 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
671 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
672
673- Autoboot Command:
674 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
675 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
676 define a command string that is automatically executed
677 when no character is read on the console interface
678 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
679
680 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000681 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
682 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
683 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684
685 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000686 The value of these goes into the environment as
687 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
688 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200689 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000690
691- Pre-Boot Commands:
692 CONFIG_PREBOOT
693
694 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
695 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
696 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
697 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
698 entering interactive mode.
699
700 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
701 automatically generated or modified. For an example
702 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
703 modified when the user holds down a certain
704 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
705 booting the systems
706
707- Serial Download Echo Mode:
708 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
709 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
710 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
711 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
712 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
713 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
714 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
715
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500716- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000717 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
718 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200719 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000720
721- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500722 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
723 from the build by using the #include files
724 "config_cmd_all.h" and #undef'ing unwanted
725 commands, or using "config_cmd_default.h"
726 and augmenting with additional #define's
727 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000728
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500729 The default command configuration includes all commands
730 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000731
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500732 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500733 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
734 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
735 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
736 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
737 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
738 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
739 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500740 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500741 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
742 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
743 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600744 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
745 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
746 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
747 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500748 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
749 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500750 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500751 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
752 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500753 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500754 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500755 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
756 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
757 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
758 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
759 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500760 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000761 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500762 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
763 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
764 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
765 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
766 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
767 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500768 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500769 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
770 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
771 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
772 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysingerfc6508a2010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500773 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500774 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
775 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400776 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
777 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500778 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
779 loop, loopw, mtest
780 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
781 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
782 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100783 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500784 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
785 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600786 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000787 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500788 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
789 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
790 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
791 host
792 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
793 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
794 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
795 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
796 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
797 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
798 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
799 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
800 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700801 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Holler37ef5392011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100802 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400803 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200804 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500805 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000806 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000807 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Che-liang Chioufd763002011-10-06 23:40:48 +0000808 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
811 CONFIG_CMD_FSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000812
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
815 support you can write:
816
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500817 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
818 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400820 Other Commands:
821 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000822
823 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000825 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
826 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
827 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
828 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
829 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
830 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000831
832
833 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
834
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000835- Device tree:
836 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
837 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
838 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
839 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
840 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
841 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
842
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000843 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
844 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000845
846 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
847 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
848 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
849 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
850 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
851 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000852
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000853 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
854 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
855 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
856 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
857
858 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
859
860 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
861 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
862 still use the individual files if you need something more
863 exotic.
864
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000865- Watchdog:
866 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
867 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000868 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
869 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
870 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
871 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
872 available, then no further board specific code should
873 be needed to use it.
874
875 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
876 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
877 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
878 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000879
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000880- U-Boot Version:
881 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
882 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
883 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
884 version as printed by the "version" command.
885 This variable is readonly.
886
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000887- Real-Time Clock:
888
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500889 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000890 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
891 following options:
892
893 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
894 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000895 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000896 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000897 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000898 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000899 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000900 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100901 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000902 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200903 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200904 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
905 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000906
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000907 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
908 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
909
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600910- GPIO Support:
911 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
912 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
913
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000914 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
915 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
916 pins supported by a particular chip.
917
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600918 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
919 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
920
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000921- Timestamp Support:
922
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000923 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
924 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
925 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500926 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000927
928- Partition Support:
929 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION
richardretanubune6745592008-09-26 11:13:22 -0400930 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100932 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
933 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
934 least one partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000935
936- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000937 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
938 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000939
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000940 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
941 be performed by calling the function
942 ide_set_reset(int reset)
943 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000944
945- ATAPI Support:
946 CONFIG_ATAPI
947
948 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
949
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000950- LBA48 Support
951 CONFIG_LBA48
952
953 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100954 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000955 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
956 support disks up to 2.1TB.
957
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200958 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000959 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
960 Default is 32bit.
961
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000962- SCSI Support:
963 At the moment only there is only support for the
964 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
965 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200967 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
968 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
969 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000970 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
971 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200972 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000973
974- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000975 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000976 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
977
978 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
979 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
980 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
981 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
982
983 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
984 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
985 example with the "sspi" command.
986
987 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
988 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
989 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +0000990
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100991 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200992 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +0100993
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994 CONFIG_EEPRO100
995 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200996 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997 write routine for first time initialisation.
998
999 CONFIG_TULIP
1000 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1001 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1002 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1003
1004 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1005 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1006
1007 CONFIG_NS8382X
1008 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1009
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001010- NETWORK Support (other):
1011
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001012 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1013 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1014
1015 CONFIG_RMII
1016 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1017
1018 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1019 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1020 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1021
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001022 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1023 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1024
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001025 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
1026 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1027
1028 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1029 Define this to hold the physical address
1030 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1031
1032 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1033 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1034
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001035 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1036 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1037
1038 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1039 Define this to hold the physical address
1040 of the device (I/O space)
1041
1042 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1043 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1044
1045 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1046 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1047 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1048
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001049 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1050 Support for davinci emac
1051
1052 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1053 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1054
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001055 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1056 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1057
1058 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1059 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1060 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1061 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1062 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1063 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1064 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1065 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1066
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001067 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001068 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1069
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001070 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001071 Define this to hold the physical address
1072 of the device (I/O space)
1073
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001074 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001075 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1076
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001077 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001078 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1079 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001080 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001081
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001082 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1083 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1084
1085 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1086 Define the number of ports to be used
1087
1088 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1089 Define the ETH PHY's address
1090
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001091 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1092 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1093
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001094- TPM Support:
1095 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1096 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1097 per system is supported at this time.
1098
1099 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1100 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1101 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1102 0xfed40000.
1103
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001104- USB Support:
1105 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001106 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001107 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1108 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001109 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001110 storage devices.
1111 Note:
1112 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1113 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001114 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1115 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1116 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001117 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1118 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001119 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1120 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1121 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001122 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1123 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001124 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001125 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1126 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001127
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001128 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1129 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1130
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001131- USB Device:
1132 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1133 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1134 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001135 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001136 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1137 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001138 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001139 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1140 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1141 a Linux host by
1142 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1143 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1144 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1145 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001146
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001147 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1148 Define this to build a UDC device
1149
1150 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1151 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1152 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001153
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001154 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001155 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1156 be set to usbtty.
1157
1158 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001159 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001160 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001161 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001162
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001163 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001164 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001165 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001166
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001167 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001168 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001169 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001170 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1171 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1172 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1173
1174 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1175 Define this string as the name of your company for
1176 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001177
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001178 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1179 Define this string as the name of your product
1180 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001181
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001182 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1183 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1184 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1185 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1186 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001187
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001188 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1189 Define this as the unique Product ID
1190 for your device
1191 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001192
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001193- ULPI Layer Support:
1194 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1195 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1196 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1197 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1198 viewport is supported.
1199 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1200 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001201
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001202- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001203 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1204 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1205 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001206 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001207 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1208 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001209
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001210 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1211 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1212
1213 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1214 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1215
1216 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1217 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1218
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001219- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1220 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1221 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1222 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001224 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1225 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001226 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1227
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001228 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001229 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1230 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1231
1232 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001233 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001234 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1235 have not defined a custom partition
1236
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001237- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1238 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1239 Support for saving memory data as a file
1240 in FAT formatted partition
1241
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001242- Keyboard Support:
1243 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1244
1245 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1246 support
1247
1248 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1249 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1250 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1251 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1252 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1253
1254- Video support:
1255 CONFIG_VIDEO
1256
1257 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1258 video).
1259
1260 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1261
1262 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1263
1264 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001265 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001266 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1267 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1268 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001269
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001270 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001271 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001272 are possible:
1273 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001274 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001275
1276 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1277 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1278 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1279 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1280 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1281 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1282 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001283 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1284
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001285 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001286 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001287
1288
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001289 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001290 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001291 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1292 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1293
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001294 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001295 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001296 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1297 support, and should also define these other macros:
1298
1299 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1300 CONFIG_VIDEO
1301 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1302 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1303 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1304 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1305 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1306 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1307
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001308 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1309 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1310 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1311 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001312
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001313- Keyboard Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001314 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001315
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001316 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1317 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1318 defined in your board-specific files.
1319 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001320
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001321- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1322
1323 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1324 display); also select one of the supported displays
1325 by defining one of these:
1326
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001327 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1328
1329 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1330
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001331 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001332
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001333 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001334
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001335 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1336
1337 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1338 Active, color, single scan.
1339
1340 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001341
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001342 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001343 Active, color, single scan.
1344
1345 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1346
1347 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1348 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1349
1350 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1351
1352 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1353 Active, color, single scan.
1354
1355 CONFIG_HLD1045
1356
1357 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1358 Active, color, single scan.
1359
1360 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1361
1362 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1363 or
1364 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1365 or
1366 Hitachi SP14Q002
1367
1368 320x240. Black & white.
1369
1370 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001371 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001372
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001373- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001374
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001375 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1376 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1377 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001378 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001379 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1380 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1381 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1382 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001383
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001384 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1385
1386 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1387 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1388 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1389 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1390 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1391 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1392
1393 Example:
1394 setenv splashpos m,m
1395 => image at center of screen
1396
1397 setenv splashpos 30,20
1398 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1399
1400 setenv splashpos -10,m
1401 => vertically centered image
1402 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1403
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001404- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1405
1406 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1407 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1408 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1409
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001410- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1411
1412 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1413 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1414 bmp command.
1415
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001416- Compression support:
1417 CONFIG_BZIP2
1418
1419 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1420 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1421 compressed images are supported.
1422
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001423 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001424 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001425 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001426
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001427 CONFIG_LZMA
1428
1429 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1430 images is included.
1431
1432 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1433 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1434 formula:
1435
1436 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1437
1438 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1439 and Literal pos bits.
1440
1441 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1442 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1443 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1444 a very small buffer.
1445
1446 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1447 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001448 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001449
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001450- MII/PHY support:
1451 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1452
1453 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1454
1455 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1456
1457 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1458
1459 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1460
1461 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001462 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001463
1464 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1465
1466 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1467 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1468 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1469 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1470
1471 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1472
1473 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1474 command issued before MII status register can be read
1475
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001476- Ethernet address:
1477 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001478 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001479 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1480 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001481 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1482 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001483
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001484 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1485 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001486 is not determined automatically.
1487
1488- IP address:
1489 CONFIG_IPADDR
1490
1491 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001492 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001493 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001494 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001495
1496- Server IP address:
1497 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1498
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001499 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001500 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001501 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001502
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001503 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1504
1505 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1506 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1507
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001508- Gateway IP address:
1509 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1510
1511 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1512 default router where packets to other networks are
1513 sent to.
1514 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1515
1516- Subnet mask:
1517 CONFIG_NETMASK
1518
1519 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1520 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1521 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1522 forwarded through a router.
1523 (Environment variable "netmask")
1524
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001525- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1526 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1527
1528 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1529 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001530 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001531 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1532 multicast group.
1533
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001534- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1535 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1536
1537 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1538 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1539 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1540 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1541 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1542 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1543 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1544 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001545 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001546
1547 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1548 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1549 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1550 4th and following
1551 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1552
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001553- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001554 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1555 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001556
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001557 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1558 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1559 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1560 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1561 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1562 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1563 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1564 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1565 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1566 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1567 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1568 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001569
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001570 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1571 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001572
1573 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1574 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1575 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1576 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1577 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1578 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1579 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001580 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001581
1582 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1583 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1584 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001585 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001586 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1587 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001588
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001589 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1590
1591 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1592 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1593 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1594 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1595 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1596 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1597 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1598 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1599 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1600 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1601 this delay.
1602
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001603 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001604 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001605
1606 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1607
1608 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1609
1610 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1611 of the device.
1612
1613 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1614
1615 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1616 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001617 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001618
1619 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1620
1621 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1622 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1623
1624 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1625
1626 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1627
1628 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1629
1630 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1631
1632 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1633
1634 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1635
1636 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1637
1638 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1639 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1640
1641 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1642
1643 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1644
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001645- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1646
1647 Several configurations allow to display the current
1648 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1649 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1650 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1651 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1652 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1653 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1654 feature in U-Boot.
1655
1656- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1657
1658 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1659 on those systems that support this (optional)
1660 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1661
1662- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1663
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001664 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001665 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001666 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001667
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001668 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001669 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001670 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1671 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001672 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001673
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001674 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001675
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001676 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001677 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1678 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001679
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001680 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001681 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001682
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001683 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001684 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001685 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001686 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001687
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001688 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001689 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001690 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1691 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1692 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001693
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001694 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1695
1696 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1697 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1698 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1699 commands until the slave device responds.
1700
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001701 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001702
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001703 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1704 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1705 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001706
1707 I2C_INIT
1708
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001709 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001710 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001711
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001712 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001713
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001714 I2C_PORT
1715
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001716 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1717 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1718 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001719
1720 I2C_ACTIVE
1721
1722 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1723 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1724 define can be null.
1725
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001726 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1727
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001728 I2C_TRISTATE
1729
1730 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1731 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1732 define can be null.
1733
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001734 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1735
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001736 I2C_READ
1737
1738 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1739 FALSE if it is low.
1740
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001741 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1742
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001743 I2C_SDA(bit)
1744
1745 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1746 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1747
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001748 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001749 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001750 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001751
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001752 I2C_SCL(bit)
1753
1754 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1755 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1756
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001757 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001758 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001759 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001760
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001761 I2C_DELAY
1762
1763 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1764 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001765 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001766 like:
1767
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001768 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001769
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001770 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1771
1772 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1773 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1774 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1775 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1776
1777 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1778 the generic GPIO functions.
1779
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001780 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001781
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001782 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1783 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1784 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1785 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1786 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1787 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1788 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1789 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001790
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001791 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1792
1793 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1794 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1795 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1796 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1797 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1798 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1799 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1800 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1801
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001802 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1803
1804 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1805 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1806 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1807
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001808 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1809
1810 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001811 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1812 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001813 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1814
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001815 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001816
1817 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001818 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001819 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1820 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001821
1822 e.g.
1823 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001824 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001825
1826 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1827
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001828 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001829 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001830
1831 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1832
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001833 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001834
1835 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1836 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1837
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001838 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001839
1840 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1841 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1842
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001843 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001844
1845 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1846 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001848 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001849
1850 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1851 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1852 specified DTT device.
1853
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001854 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1855
1856 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001857 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001858
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001859 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1860
1861 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1862 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1863 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1864 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1865 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1866 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1867
1868 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1869 feature!
1870
1871 Example:
1872 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1873 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1874 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1875
1876 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1877
1878 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1879 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1880
1881 => i2c bus
1882 Busses reached over muxes:
1883 Bus ID: 2
1884 reached over Mux(es):
1885 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1886 Bus ID: 3
1887 reached over Mux(es):
1888 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1889 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1890 =>
1891
1892 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jones9c5ef8d2011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001893 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1894 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001895 the channel 4.
1896
1897 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jones9c5ef8d2011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001898 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001899 the 2 muxes.
1900
1901 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1902 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1903 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1904 to add this option to other architectures.
1905
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001906 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1907
1908 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1909 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1910 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1911 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1912 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1913 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1914 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001915
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001916- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1917
1918 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1919 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1920 D/As on the SACSng board)
1921
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09001922 CONFIG_SH_SPI
1923
1924 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
1925 only SH7757 is supported.
1926
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001927 CONFIG_SPI_X
1928
1929 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
1930 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
1931
1932 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1933
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001934 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1935 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1936 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1937 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1938 defined, the board configuration must define several
1939 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1940 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001941
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001942 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1943
1944 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1945 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1946 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001947 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001948 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
1949
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001950 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
1951
1952 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00001953 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001954
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001955- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001956
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001957 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1958
1959 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1960
1961 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1962 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001963
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001964 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001965
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001966 Enables support for FPGA family.
1967 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1968
1969 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
1970
1971 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001973 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001974
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001975 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001976
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001977 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001978
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001979 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1980 status by the configuration function. This option
1981 will require a board or device specific function to
1982 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001983
1984 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1985
1986 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1987 configuration driver.
1988
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001989 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001990 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1991
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001992 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001993
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001994 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1995 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1996 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1997 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001998
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001999 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002000
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002001 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2002 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2003 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002004 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002005
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002006 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002007
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002008 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002009 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002010
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002011 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002012
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002013 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002014 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002015
2016- Configuration Management:
2017 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2018
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002019 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2020 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002021
2022- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2023
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002024 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2025 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002026 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002027 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2028 protects these variables from casual modification by
2029 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2030 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002031 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032
2033 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2034 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002035 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002036 these parameters.
2037
2038 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2039 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002040 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002041 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2042 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2043 read-only.]
2044
2045- Protected RAM:
2046 CONFIG_PRAM
2047
2048 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2049 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2050 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2051 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2052 this default value by defining an environment
2053 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2054 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2055 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2056 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2057 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2058 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2059 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2060
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002061 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002062 saveenv
2063
2064 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2065 either, which results in a memory region that will
2066 not be affected by reboots.
2067
2068 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2069 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2070 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2071 following board configurations are known to be
2072 "pRAM-clean":
2073
2074 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2075 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002076 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002077
2078- Error Recovery:
2079 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2080
2081 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2082 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2083 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002084 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002085 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2086 useful during development since you can try to debug
2087 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2088
2089 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2090
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002091 This variable defines the number of retries for
2092 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2093 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2094 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002095
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002096 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2097
2098 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2099
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002100- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002101 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002102
2103 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2104
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002105 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2106 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002107
2108
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002109 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002110
2111 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2112 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2113 powerful command line syntax like
2114 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2115 constructs ("shell scripts").
2116
2117 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2118 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2119
2120
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002121 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002122
2123 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2124 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2125 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2126
2127 Note:
2128
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002129 In the current implementation, the local variables
2130 space and global environment variables space are
2131 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2132 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2133 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2134 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2135 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002136
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002137 Global environment variables are those you use
2138 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2139 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2140 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002141
2142 To store commands and special characters in a
2143 variable, please use double quotation marks
2144 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2145 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2146 symbols.
2147
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002148- Commandline Editing and History:
2149 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2150
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002151 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkc80857e2006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002152 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002153
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002154- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002155 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2156
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002157 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2158 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002159 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002160
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002161 For example, place something like this in your
2162 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002163
2164 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2165 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2166 "myvar2=value2\0"
2167
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002168 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2169 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2170 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2171 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002172 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002173 You better know what you are doing here.
2174
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002175 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2176 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002177 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002178 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002179
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002180- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002181 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2182
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002183 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2184 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2185 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002186
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002187- Serial Flash support
2188 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2189
2190 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2191 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2192
2193 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2194 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2195 commands.
2196
2197 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2198 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2199 flash is present on the system.
2200
2201 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2202 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2203 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2204 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2205
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002206- SystemACE Support:
2207 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2208
2209 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2210 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002211 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002212 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002213
2214 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002215 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002216
2217 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2218 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2219
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002220- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2221 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2222
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002223 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002224 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002225 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002226 number generator is used.
2227
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002228 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2229 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2230 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2231
2232 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002233 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2234 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2235 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2236 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2237 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2238 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2239
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002240- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002241 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2242
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002243 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2244 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2245 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2246 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2247 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2248 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002249
Simon Glass31a870e2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002250- Detailed boot stage timing
2251 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2252 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2253 of the boot process.
2254
2255 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2256 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2257 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2258 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2259 the limit, recording will stop.
2260
2261 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2262 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2263
2264 Timer summary in microseconds:
2265 Mark Elapsed Stage
2266 0 0 reset
2267 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2268 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2269 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2270 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2271 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2272 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2273 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2274
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002275Legacy uImage format:
2276
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002277 Arg Where When
2278 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002279 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002280 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002281 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002282 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002283 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002284 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2285 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2286 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002287 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002288 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2289 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2290 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2291 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002292 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002293 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002294
2295 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2296 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2297 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2298 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2299 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2300 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2301 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002302 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002303 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2304 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2305
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002306 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002307
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002308 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002309 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2310 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002311
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002312 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2313 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2314 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2315 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2316 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2317 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2318 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2319 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2320 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2321 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2322 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2323 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2324 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2325 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2326 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2327 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2328 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2329 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2330 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2331 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2332 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2333 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2334 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2335 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2336 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2337 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2338 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2339 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2340 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2341 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2342 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2343 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2344 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2345 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2346 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2347 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2348 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2349 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2350 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2351 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2352 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2353 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2354 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2355 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2356 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2357 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2358 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002359
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002360 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002361
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002362 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002363 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2364 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002365
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002366 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2367 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002368 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002369 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2370 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2371 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002372 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2373 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002374 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002375
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002376FIT uImage format:
2377
2378 Arg Where When
2379 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2380 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2381 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2382 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2383 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2384 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002385 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002386 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2387 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2388 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2389 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2390 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002391 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2392 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002393 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2394 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2395 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2396 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2397 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2398 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2399 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2400 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2401
2402 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2403 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2404 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002405 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002406 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2407 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2408 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2409 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2410 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2411 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2412 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2413 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2414 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2415 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2416 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2417 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2418
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002419 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002420 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2421
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002422 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002423 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2424
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002425 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002426 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2427
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002428- Standalone program support:
2429 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2430
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002431 This option defines a board specific value for the
2432 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2433 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002434 settings.
2435
2436- Frame Buffer Address:
2437 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2438
2439 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2440 address for frame buffer.
2441 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2442 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002443 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002444
2445 Please see board_init_f function.
2446
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002447- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2448 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2449 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2450 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2451
2452 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2453 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2454
2455- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2456 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2457
2458 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2459 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2460
2461 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2462
2463 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2464 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2465
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002466- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002467 CONFIG_SPL
2468 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002469
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002470 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2471 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2472
2473 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2474 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2475
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002476 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2477 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002478
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002479 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2480 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2481
2482 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2483 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2484
2485 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2486 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2487
2488 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2489 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2490
2491 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2492 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002493
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002494 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2495 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002496
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002497 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2498 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002499
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002500 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2501 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002502
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002503 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2504 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002505
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002506 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2507 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002508
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002509 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2510 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2511 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2512 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2513 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2514
2515 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2516 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2517
2518 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2519 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2520
2521 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2522 Support for drivers/mtd/nand/libnand.o in SPL binary
2523
2524 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2525 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2526 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2527 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2528 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2529 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
2530 to read U-Boot with CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2531
2532 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
2533 Location in NAND for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to read U-Boot
2534 from.
2535
2536 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
2537 Location in memory for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to load U-Boot
2538 to.
2539
2540 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2541 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2542 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2543
2544 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2545 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2546 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2547
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002548 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2549 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002550
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002551 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2552 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002553
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002554 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2555 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002556
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002557 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2558 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002559
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002560Modem Support:
2561--------------
2562
Wolfgang Denk8f399b32011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002563[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002564
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002565- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002566 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2567
2568- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2569 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2570
2571- Modem debug support:
2572 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2573
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002574 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2575 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002576
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002577- Interrupt support (PPC):
2578
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002579 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2580 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002581 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002582 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002583 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002584 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002585 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002586 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2587 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2588 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002589
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002590- General:
2591
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002592 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2593 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2594 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002595 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002596 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2597 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2598 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002599
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002600 If there are no modem init strings in the
2601 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2602 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002603 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002604
2605 See also: doc/README.Modem
2606
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002607Board initialization settings:
2608------------------------------
2609
2610During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2611to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2612before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2613following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2614architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2615typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2616
2617- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2618- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2619- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2620- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002621
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002622Configuration Settings:
2623-----------------------
2624
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002625- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002626 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2627
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002628- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2629 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2630
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002631- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002632 prompt for user input.
2633
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002634- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002635
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002636- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002638- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002639
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002640- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002641 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2642 booted
2643
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002644- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002645 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2646
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002647- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002648 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002649
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002650- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002651 If the board specific function
2652 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2653 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002654 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2655
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002656- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002657 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002658
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002659- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002660 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002662- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002663 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2664 simple memory test.
2665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002666- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002667 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002669- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002670 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2671 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2672
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002673- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2674 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002675 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002676 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002677 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2678 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2679 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002680 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002681 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002682 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002683
2684 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2685 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2686 be touched.
2687
2688 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2689 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2690 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2691 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2692 problems.
2693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002694- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002695 Default load address for network file downloads
2696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002697- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002698 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002700- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002701 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2702
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002703- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002704 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2705 Cogent motherboard)
2706
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002707- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002708 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2709
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002710- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002711 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2712 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002713 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002714 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002715
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002716- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002717 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2718 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2719 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2720 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002721
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002722- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002723 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2724
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002725- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002726 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2727 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002728 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002729 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2730
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002731- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002732 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2733 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002734 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2735 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2736 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2737 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002738 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002739 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2740 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2741 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002742
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002743- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2744 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2745 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2746 is enabled.
2747
2748- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2749 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2750 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2751
2752- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2753 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2754 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2755
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002756- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002757 Max number of Flash memory banks
2758
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002759- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002760 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002762- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002763 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2764
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002765- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002766 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002768- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002769 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2770
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002771- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002772 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2773
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002774- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002775 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2776 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2777
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002778- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002779
2780 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2781 without this option such a download has to be
2782 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2783 copy from RAM to flash.
2784
2785 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2786 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002787 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2788 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002789 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002791- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002792 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002793 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2794
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002795- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002796 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2797 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002798
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002799- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2800 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2801 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2802 to the MTD layer.
2803
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002804- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002805 Use buffered writes to flash.
2806
2807- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2808 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2809 write commands.
2810
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002811- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002812 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2813 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2814 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2815 optionally available.
2816
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002817- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2818 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2819 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2820 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2821
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002822- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002823 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2824 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002825 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2826 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002827 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002828 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2829
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002830- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2831
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002832 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2833 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2834 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2835 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2836 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002837
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002838The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2839of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2840following configurations:
2841
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002842- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2843
2844 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2845 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2846
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002847- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848
2849 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2850
2851 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2852 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2853 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2854 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2855 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2856 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2857 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2858 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2859 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2860 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2861 between U-Boot and the environment.
2862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002863 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002864
2865 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2866 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2867 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2868 for this sector is given here.
2869
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002870 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002872 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002873
2874 This is just another way to specify the start address of
2875 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002876 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002877
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002878 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002879
2880 Size of the sector containing the environment.
2881
2882
2883 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
2884 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
2885 the environment.
2886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002887 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002889 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002890 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002891 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
2892 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
2893
2894 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
2895 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
2896 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
2897 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
2898 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
2899 updating the environment in flash makes it always
2900 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
2901 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
2902 RAM, your target system will be dead.
2903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002904 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
2905 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002906
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002907 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002908 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00002909 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002910 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002911
2912BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
2913source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
2914accordingly!
2915
2916
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02002917- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002918
2919 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
2920 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
2921 environment.
2922
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002923 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2924 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002925
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002926 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002927 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
2928 can just be read and written to, without any special
2929 provision.
2930
2931BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
2932in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002933console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002934U-Boot will hang.
2935
2936Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2937environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2938keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2939to save the current settings.
2940
2941
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02002942- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002943
2944 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
2945 device and a driver for it.
2946
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002947 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2948 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002949
2950 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
2951 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
2952
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002953 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002954 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
2955 The default address is zero.
2956
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002957 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002958 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
2959 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
2960 would require six bits.
2961
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002962 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002963 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002964 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002965
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002966 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002967 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
2968 that this is NOT the chip address length!
2969
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002970 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00002971 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
2972 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
2973 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
2974 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
2975 byte chips.
2976
2977 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
2978 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
2979 in the chip address.
2980
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002981 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002982 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
2983
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002984 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
2985 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
2986 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
2987
2988 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
2989 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
2990 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
2991 EEPROM. For example:
2992
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +02002993 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002994
2995 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
2996 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002997
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002998- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002999
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003000 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003001 want to use for the environment.
3002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003003 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3004 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3005 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003006
3007 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3008 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3009 at the specified address.
3010
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003011- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003012
3013 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3014 for the environment.
3015
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003016 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3017 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003018
3019 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003020 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3021 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003022
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003023 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003024
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003025 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003026 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3027 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003028 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003029 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3030
3031 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3032
3033 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3034 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3035 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3036 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3037 the range to be avoided.
3038
3039 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003040
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003041 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3042 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3043 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3044 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3045 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003046
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003047- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3048
3049 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3050 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3051 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3052
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003053- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003054
3055 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3056 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3057 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3058 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3059 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3060 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3061 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3062
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003063Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003064has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003065created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003066until then to read environment variables.
3067
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003068The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3069is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3070with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3071necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3072"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3073have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003074
3075Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3076the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003077use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003079- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003080 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003081
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003082 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003083 also needs to be defined.
3084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003085- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003086 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003087
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003088- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3089 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3090 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3091 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3092 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3093 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3094
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003095Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003096---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003097
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003098- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003099 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003101- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003102 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003103
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003104 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3105 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3106 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003107
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003108- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3109 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3110 PowerPC SOCs.
3111
3112- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3113 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3114 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3115
3116 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3117 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3118
3119- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3120 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3121 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003122 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003123 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3124 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3125 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3126
3127 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3128 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3129
3130- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003131 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3132 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003133 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3134 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3135
3136- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3137 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3138 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3139 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3140
3141- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3142 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3143 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3144
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003145- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003146 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003147
3148 the default drive number (default value 0)
3149
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003150 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003151
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003152 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003153 (default value 1)
3154
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003155 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003156
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003157 defines the offset of register from address. It
3158 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003159 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003160
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003161 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3162 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003163 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003164
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003165 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003166 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3167 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3168 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3169 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003170
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003171- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3172 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3173 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3174 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3175 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3176 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3177 is requierd.
3178
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003179- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003180 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003181 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003183- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003184
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003185 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003186 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3187 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3188 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3189 will become available only after programming the
3190 memory controller and running certain initialization
3191 sequences.
3192
3193 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3194 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3195 - MPC824X: data cache
3196 - PPC4xx: data cache
3197
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003198- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003199
3200 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003201 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3202 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003203 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003204 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003205 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3206 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3207 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003208
3209 Note:
3210 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3211 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003212 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003213 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3214 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3215
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003216- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003217
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003218- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003219
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003220- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003221
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003222- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003224- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003226- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003227
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003228- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003229 SDRAM timing
3230
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003231- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003232 periodic timer for refresh
3233
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003234- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003235
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003236- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3237 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3238 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3239 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003240 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3241
3242- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003243 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3244 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003245 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3246
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003247- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3248 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003249 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3250 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3251
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003252- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003253 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3254 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3255
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003256- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003257 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3258 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3259
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003260- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003261 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3262 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3263
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003264- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003265 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3266 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3267 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3268
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003269- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003270 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3271 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3272 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3273 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003274
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003275- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3276 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3277 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3278 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3279 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3280 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3281 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3282 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003283 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003284
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003285- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3286 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3287 required.
3288
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003289- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3290 Chip has SRIO or not
3291
3292- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3293 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3294
3295- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3296 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3297
3298- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3299 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3300
3301- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3302 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3303
3304- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3305 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3306
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003307- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3308 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3309 16 bit bus.
3310
3311- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3312 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3313 a default value will be used.
3314
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003315- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003316 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3317 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3318
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003319 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3320 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3321
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003322- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003323 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3324 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3325 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003326
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003327- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3328 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3329 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3330 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3331 header files or board specific files.
3332
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003333- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3334 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3335
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003336- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003337 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3338 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003339
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003340- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3341 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3342
3343- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3344 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003345 to the given FEC; i. e.
3346 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003347 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3348
3349 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3350
3351- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3352 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3353 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3354
3355- CONFIG_RMII
3356 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3357 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3358 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3359
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003360- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3361 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3362 The syntax is:
3363
3364 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3365
3366 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3367 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3368 area should have.
3369
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003370- CONFIG_LOOPW
3371 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003372 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003373
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003374- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3375 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3376 "md/mw" commands.
3377 Examples:
3378
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003379 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003380 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3381
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003382 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003383 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3384
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003385 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003386 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003387
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003388- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003389 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003390 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3391 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3392 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003393
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003394 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3395 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3396 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3397 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003398
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003399- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003400 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3401 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3402 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003403
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003404- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3405 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3406 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3407 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3408 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3409
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003410Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3411-----------------------------------
3412
3413The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3414loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3415This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3416are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3417within that device.
3418
3419- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3420 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3421 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3422 is also specified.
3423
3424- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3425 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3426 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3427 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3428 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3429
3430- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3431 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3432 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3433 virtual address in NOR flash.
3434
3435- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3436 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3437 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3438
3439- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3440 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3441 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3442
3443- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3444 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3445 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3446
3447
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003448Building the Software:
3449======================
3450
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003451Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3452and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3453all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3454(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3455recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3456which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003457
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003458If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3459have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3460you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3461Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3462necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003463
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003464 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3465 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003466
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003467Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3468 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3469 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3470 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3471
3472 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3473
3474 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3475 be executed on computers running Windows.
3476
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003477U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3478sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003479is done by typing:
3480
3481 make NAME_config
3482
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003483where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
3484rations; see the main Makefile for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003485
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003486Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3487 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3488 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3489 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003490 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003491
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003492 make TQM823L_config
3493 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003494
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003495 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3496 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003497
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003498 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003499
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003500
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003501Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3502images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003503
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003504- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3505- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3506- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003507
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003508By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3509in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3510this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3511
35121. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3513
3514 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3515 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3516 make O=/tmp/build all
3517
35182. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3519
3520 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3521 make distclean
3522 make NAME_config
3523 make all
3524
3525Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3526variable.
3527
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003528
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003529Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3530for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3531native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003532
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003533
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003534If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3535to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3536steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003537
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000035381. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
3539 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing
3540 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places
3541 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please
3542 keep this order.
35432. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3544 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3545 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
35463. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3547 your board
35483. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3549 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
35504. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
35515. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3552 to be installed on your target system.
35536. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3554 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003555
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003557Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3558==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003559
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003560If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3561or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003562provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3563the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003564official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003565
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003566But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3567cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003568the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3569just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003570for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3571select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3572environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3573you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003574
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003575 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003576
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003577or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003578
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003579 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003580
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003581When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3582U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3583setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3584built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3585<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3586location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3587variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003588
3589 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3590 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3591 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3592
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003593With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3594log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3595during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003596
3597
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003598See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003599
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003600
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003601Monitor Commands - Overview:
3602============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003603
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003604go - start application at address 'addr'
3605run - run commands in an environment variable
3606bootm - boot application image from memory
3607bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
3608tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3609 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3610 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003611tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003612rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3613diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3614loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3615loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3616md - memory display
3617mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3618nm - memory modify (constant address)
3619mw - memory write (fill)
3620cp - memory copy
3621cmp - memory compare
3622crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003623i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003624sspi - SPI utility commands
3625base - print or set address offset
3626printenv- print environment variables
3627setenv - set environment variables
3628saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3629protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3630erase - erase FLASH memory
3631flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3632bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3633iminfo - print header information for application image
3634coninfo - print console devices and informations
3635ide - IDE sub-system
3636loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003637loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003638mtest - simple RAM test
3639icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3640dcache - enable or disable data cache
3641reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3642echo - echo args to console
3643version - print monitor version
3644help - print online help
3645? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003646
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003647
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003648Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3649========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003650
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003651TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003652
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003653For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003654
3655
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003656Environment Variables:
3657======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003659U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3660can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003661
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003662Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3663"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3664without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3665environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3666working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3667environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003668
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003669Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3670
3671List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003672
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003673 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003674
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003675 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003676
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003677 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003678
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003679 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003680
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003681 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003682
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003683 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3684 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3685 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3686 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3687 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3688 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003689 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3690 bootm_mapsize.
3691
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003692 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003693 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3694 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3695 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3696 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3697 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3698 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003699
3700 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3701 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3702 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3703 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3704 environment variable.
3705
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003706 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3707 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3708 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3709
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003710 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3711 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3712 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3713 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003714
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003715 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3716 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3717 be automatically started (by internally calling
3718 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003719
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003720 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3721 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3722 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3723 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3724 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003725
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003726 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3727 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003728 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3729 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3730 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3731 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3732 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3733 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3734 access it during the boot procedure.
3735
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003736 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3737 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3738 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3739 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3740 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3741 must be accessible by the kernel.
3742
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003743 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3744 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3745 defined.
3746
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003747 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3748 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3749 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3750 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3751 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3752
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003753 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3754 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3755 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3756 is usually what you want since it allows for
3757 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3758 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003759 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003760 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3761 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3762 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3763 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003764
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003765 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3766 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3767 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3768 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3769 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3770 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003771
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003772 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003773
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003774 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3775 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3776 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3777 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3778 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3779 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3780 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003781
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003782 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003783
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003784 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3785 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003786
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003787 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003789 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003790
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003791 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003793 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003794
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003795 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003796
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003797 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003799 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3800 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003802 => setenv ethact FEC
3803 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3804 => setenv ethact SCC
3805 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003807 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3808 available network interfaces.
3809 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3810
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003811 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003812 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3813 When set to "once" the network operation will
3814 fail when all the available network interfaces
3815 are tried once without success.
3816 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3817 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003818
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003819 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003820
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003821 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003822 UDP source port.
3823
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003824 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3825 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3826
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003827 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3828 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3829
3830 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3831 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3832 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3833 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3834 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3835 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3836 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3837
3838 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003839 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003840 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003841
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003842The following image location variables contain the location of images
3843used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3844not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3845variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3846server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3847loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3848flash or offset in NAND flash.
3849
3850*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
3851boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
3852boards use these variables for other purposes.
3853
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003854Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3855----- --------- ----------- --------------
3856u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3857Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3858device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3859ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003860
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003861The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3862updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3863depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003864
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003865 bootfile - see above
3866 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3867 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3868 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3869 hostname - Target hostname
3870 ipaddr - see above
3871 netmask - Subnet Mask
3872 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3873 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003874
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003875
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003876There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003877
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003878 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3879 as type string and/or serial number
3880 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003881
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003882These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3883the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3884once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003885
3886
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003887Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003888
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003889 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3890 with the "version" command. This variable is
3891 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003892
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003893
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003894Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3895only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003896
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003897
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003898Command Line Parsing:
3899=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003900
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003901There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3902the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003903
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003904Old, simple command line parser:
3905--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003906
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003907- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3908- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003909- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003910- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3911 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003912 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003913- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3914 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003915
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003916Hush shell:
3917-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003918
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003919- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3920 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3921 until...do...done, ...
3922- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3923 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3924 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3925 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003926
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003927General rules:
3928--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003929
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003930(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3931 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3932 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3933 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003934
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003935(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003936 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003937 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3938 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003939
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003940Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3941=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003942
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003943Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003944such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3945"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003946
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003947Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3948MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3949"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003950
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003951If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3952in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3953ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3954variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003955
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003956o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3957 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003958
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003959o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3960 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3961 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003962
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003963o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3964 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003965
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003966o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3967 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3968 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003969
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003970o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
3971 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003972
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003973If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003974will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003975may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3976The naming convention is as follows:
3977"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003978
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003979Image Formats:
3980==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003982U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3983images in two formats:
3984
3985New uImage format (FIT)
3986-----------------------
3987
3988Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3989to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3990components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3991SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3992
3993
3994Old uImage format
3995-----------------
3996
3997Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3998preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3999details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004000
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004001* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4002 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004003 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4004 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4005 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004006* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004007 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4008 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004009* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4010* Load Address
4011* Entry Point
4012* Image Name
4013* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004014
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004015The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4016and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4017CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004018
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004019
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004020Linux Support:
4021==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004023Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4024easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4025U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004026
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004027U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4028special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4029"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4030instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4031serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004032
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004033- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4034 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4035 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004036
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004037- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4038 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004039
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004040- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4041 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4042 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4043 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4044 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4045 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004046
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004048Linux HOWTO:
4049============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004050
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004051Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4052---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004053
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004054U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4055configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4056(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4057Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004058
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004059But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004060
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004061Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4062include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004063Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4064and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004065as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004066
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004067
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004068Configuring the Linux kernel:
4069-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004070
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004071No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4072device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004073
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004074
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004075Building a Linux Image:
4076-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004077
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004078With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4079not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4080"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4081U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4082which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4083100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004084
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004085Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004086
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004087 make TQM850L_config
4088 make oldconfig
4089 make dep
4090 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004091
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004092The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4093encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4094CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004095
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004096* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004097
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004098* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004100 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4101 -R .note -R .comment \
4102 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004103
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004104* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004105
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004106 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004107
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004108* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004109
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004110 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4111 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4112 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004114
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004115The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4116with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4117combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4118byte header containing information about target architecture,
4119operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4120stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004121
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004122"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4123print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004124
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004125In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4126contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4127checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004128
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004129 tools/mkimage -l image
4130 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004131
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004132The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4133from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004134
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004135 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4136 -n name -d data_file image
4137 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4138 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4139 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4140 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4141 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4142 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4143 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4144 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004145
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004146Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4147address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4148kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004149
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004150- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4151- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004152
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004153So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004154
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004155 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4156 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004157 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004158 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4159 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4160 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4161 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4162 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4163 Load Address: 0x00000000
4164 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004165
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004166To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004167
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004168 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4169 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4170 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4171 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4172 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4173 Load Address: 0x00000000
4174 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004175
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004176NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4177speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4178needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4179need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004180
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004181 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004182 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4183 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004184 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004185 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4186 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4187 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4188 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4189 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4190 Load Address: 0x00000000
4191 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004192
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004193
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004194Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4195when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004196
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004197 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4198 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4199 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4200 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4201 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4202 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4203 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4204 Load Address: 0x00000000
4205 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004207
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004208Installing a Linux Image:
4209-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004210
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004211To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4212you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004214 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004215
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004216The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4217image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4218address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4219specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4220command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004221
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004222Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4223TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004224
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004225 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004227 .......... done
4228 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004229
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004230 => loads 40100000
4231 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4232 ~>examples/image.srec
4233 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4234 ...
4235 15989 15990 15991 15992
4236 [file transfer complete]
4237 [connected]
4238 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004239
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004241You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004242this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004245 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004246
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004247 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4248 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4249 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4250 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4251 Load Address: 00000000
4252 Entry Point: 0000000c
4253 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254
4255
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004256Boot Linux:
4257-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004258
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004259The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4260memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4261of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4262parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4263"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004264
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004265
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004266 => printenv bootargs
4267 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004268
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004269 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004270
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004271 => printenv bootargs
4272 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004274 => bootm 40020000
4275 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4276 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4277 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4278 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4279 Load Address: 00000000
4280 Entry Point: 0000000c
4281 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4282 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4283 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4284 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4285 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4286 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4287 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4288 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004289
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004290If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004291the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4292format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004293
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004294 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004295
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004296 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4297 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4298 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4299 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4300 Load Address: 00000000
4301 Entry Point: 0000000c
4302 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004303
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004304 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4305 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4306 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4307 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4308 Load Address: 00000000
4309 Entry Point: 00000000
4310 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004311
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004312 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4313 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4314 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4315 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4316 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4317 Load Address: 00000000
4318 Entry Point: 0000000c
4319 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4320 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4321 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4322 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4323 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4324 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4325 Load Address: 00000000
4326 Entry Point: 00000000
4327 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4328 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4329 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4330 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4331 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4332 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4333 ...
4334 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4335 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004336
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004337 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004338
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004339Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4340-----------
4341
4342First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4343titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4344following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4345flat device tree:
4346
4347=> print oftaddr
4348oftaddr=0x300000
4349=> print oft
4350oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4351=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4352Speed: 1000, full duplex
4353Using TSEC0 device
4354TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4355Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4356Load address: 0x300000
4357Loading: #
4358done
4359Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4360=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4361Speed: 1000, full duplex
4362Using TSEC0 device
4363TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4364Filename 'uImage'.
4365Load address: 0x200000
4366Loading:############
4367done
4368Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4369=> print loadaddr
4370loadaddr=200000
4371=> print oftaddr
4372oftaddr=0x300000
4373=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4374## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004375 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4376 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4377 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004378 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004379 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004380 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4381 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4382Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4383Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4384Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4385[snip]
4386
4387
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004388More About U-Boot Image Types:
4389------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004390
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004391U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004392
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004393 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4394 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4395 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4396 the Standalone Program.
4397 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4398 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4399 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4400 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4401 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4402 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4403 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4404 being started.
4405 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4406 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4407 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4408 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4409 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4410 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004411
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004412 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4413 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4414 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4415 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4416 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4417 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004418
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004419 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4420 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4421 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004422
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004423 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4424 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4425 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4426 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004427
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004428
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004429Standalone HOWTO:
4430=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004431
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004432One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4433run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4434U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004435
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004436Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004437
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004438"Hello World" Demo:
4439-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004440
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004441'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4442application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4443It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4444like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004445
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004446 => loads
4447 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4448 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4449 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4450 [file transfer complete]
4451 [connected]
4452 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004453
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004454 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4455 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4456 Hello World
4457 argc = 7
4458 argv[0] = "40004"
4459 argv[1] = "Hello"
4460 argv[2] = "World!"
4461 argv[3] = "This"
4462 argv[4] = "is"
4463 argv[5] = "a"
4464 argv[6] = "test."
4465 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4466 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004467
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004468 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004469
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004470Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4471handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4472Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4473The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4474character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4475controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004476
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004477 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4478 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4479 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4480 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004481
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004482 => loads
4483 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4484 ~>examples/timer.srec
4485 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4486 [file transfer complete]
4487 [connected]
4488 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004489
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490 => go 40004
4491 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4492 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4493 Using timer 1
4494 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004495
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004496Hit 'b':
4497 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4498 Enabling timer
4499Hit '?':
4500 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4501 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4502Hit '?':
4503 [q, b, e, ?] .
4504 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4505Hit '?':
4506 [q, b, e, ?] .
4507 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4508Hit '?':
4509 [q, b, e, ?] .
4510 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4511Hit 'e':
4512 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4513Hit 'q':
4514 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004515
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004516
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004517Minicom warning:
4518================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004519
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004520Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4521"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4522consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4523Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4524especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
4525use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004526
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4528configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004529
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004530 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4531 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4532 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004533
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004534
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004535NetBSD Notes:
4536=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004538Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4539(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004540
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004541Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4542NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4543need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4544Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4545attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4546missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004547
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004548 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4549 # mkdir powerpc
4550 # ln -s powerpc machine
4551 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4552 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004553
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4555and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004556
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004557Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4558stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4559proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4560tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004561meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004562
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004564Implementation Internals:
4565=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004567The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4568implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4569inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4570hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004571
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004572
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004573Initial Stack, Global Data:
4574---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004575
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004576The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4577starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4578system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4579This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4580is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4581at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4582options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4583models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4584MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4585locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004586
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004587 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004588 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004589
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004590 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4591 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4592 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4593 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004594
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004595 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4596 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4597 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4598 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4599 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004600 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4602 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4605 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004606 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004607 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4608 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4609 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4610 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004611
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004612 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004613 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4614 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004615 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4617 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4618 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4619 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4620 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004621
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004622 -Chris Hallinan
4623 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004624
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004625It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4626code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004627
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004628* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4629 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004630
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004631* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004632 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4633 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004634
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004635* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4636 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004637
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004638Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4639normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4640turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4641simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4642functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4643functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4644the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4645place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4646reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004647
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004648When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4649relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4650GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4653 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004654 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4656 R5-R10: parameter passing
4657 R13: small data area pointer
4658 R30: GOT pointer
4659 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004660
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004661 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4662 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4663 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004664
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004665 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004666
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004667 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4668 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4669 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4670 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4671 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4672 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004673
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004674On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004675 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4676
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004677 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004678
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681 R0: function argument word/integer result
4682 R1-R3: function argument word
4683 R9: GOT pointer
4684 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4685 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4686 R12: temporary workspace
4687 R13: stack pointer
4688 R14: link register
4689 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004690
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004691 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004692
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004693On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4694 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4695
4696 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4697
4698 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4699 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4700
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004701On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4702
4703 R0-R1: argument/return
4704 R2-R5: argument
4705 R15: temporary register for assembler
4706 R16: trampoline register
4707 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4708 R29: global pointer (GP)
4709 R30: link register (LP)
4710 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4711 PC: program counter (PC)
4712
4713 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4714
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004715NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4716or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004717
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004718Memory Management:
4719------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004720
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4722MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4725controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4726memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4727physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004728
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4730TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4731booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4732to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004733memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4735Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004736
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004737Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4738of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004739
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004740So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4741this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004742
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004743 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4744 :
4745 0x0000 1FFF
4746 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4747 :
4748 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750 :
4751 :
4752 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4753 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4754 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4755 :
4756 0x00FD FFFF
4757 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4758 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4759 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4760 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004762
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763System Initialization:
4764----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004767(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4769To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4770To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4771initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4772which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4773part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4774the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004775
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004776Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4777preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4778(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4779on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4780programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4781simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4782banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004783
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004784When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4785different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4786bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
47870x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4788contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004789
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004790Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4791and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4792Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4793pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4796until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4797running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4798new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004800
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801U-Boot Porting Guide:
4802----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4805list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004807
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004808int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809{
4810 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004812 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4813 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004814
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004816 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004817 return 0;
4818 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004819
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004820 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00004821
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004822 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004823
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004824 if (clueless)
4825 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827 while (learning) {
4828 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004829 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4830 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004831 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004832 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004834
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004835 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4836 Buy a BDI3000;
4837 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004838 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004839
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004840 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4841 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4842 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4843 } else {
4844 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4845 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
4846 }
4847 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4848 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004849
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004850 while (!accepted) {
4851 while (!running) {
4852 do {
4853 Add / modify source code;
4854 } until (compiles);
4855 Debug;
4856 if (clueless)
4857 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4858 }
4859 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4860 if (reasonable critiques)
4861 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4862 else
4863 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004864 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004865
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004866 return 0;
4867}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004868
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869void no_more_time (int sig)
4870{
4871 hire_a_guru();
4872}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004873
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004874
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004875Coding Standards:
4876-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004877
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004878All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004879coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004880"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004881
4882Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4883MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
4884reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
4885sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004887Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4888Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4889in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00004890
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4892- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004893- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004894- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004895- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004896- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004897
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004898Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4899with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004900
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004901
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902Submitting Patches:
4903-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004904
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004905Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4906establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4907may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004908
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004909Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004910
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004911Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
4912see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
4913
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004914When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4915it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004916
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004917* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4918 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4919 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004920
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004921* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4922 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004923
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004924* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004925
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004926* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004927
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004928* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004929 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004930
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004931* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4932 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004933
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004934* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4935 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004936 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004937 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4938 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00004939
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004940 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4941 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4942 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004943
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004944 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4945 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4946 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4947 affected files).
4948
4949 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4950 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004951
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004952* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4953 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00004954
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4956 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004957
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004958
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004959Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004960
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
4962 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4963 for any of the boards.
4964
4965* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4966 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4967 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004968
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004969* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4970 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4971 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4972 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4973 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4974 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004975
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004976* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4977 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4978 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4979 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.